Studiu De Caz Romana 4 Rolul Literaturii In Perioada PasoptistaAngesha
Studiu De Caz -Limba si Literatura Romana - Rolul Literaturii In Perioada Pasoptista.
Daca nu il puteti downloada,contactati-ma pe email: just_rebel_soul@yahoo.com
Studiu De Caz Romana 4 Rolul Literaturii In Perioada PasoptistaAngesha
Studiu De Caz -Limba si Literatura Romana - Rolul Literaturii In Perioada Pasoptista.
Daca nu il puteti downloada,contactati-ma pe email: just_rebel_soul@yahoo.com
Dragi cititori, vă invităm să răsfoiţi câteva dintre noile titluri de carte intrate recent în colecția bibliotecii noastre. Vă propunem să faceţi cunoştinţă cu autori autohtoni şi universali, care sunt preocupaţi de diverse teme şi domenii.
Înţeleasă ca vârstă a maximelor aspiraţii şi a formării, adolescenţa s-a definit ca temă literară din cele mai vechi timpuri şi ca urmare a necontenitelor încercări ale fiinţei umane de a se lămuri cu sine şi cu lumea. Încă de la începutul mileniului al III-lea î.Hr., Epopeea lui Ghilgameş, cel mai vechi text sumero-babilonian, oferă modelul unor eroi care descoperă în trecerea de la adolescenţă la maturitate, eterne valori umane: prietenia, devotamentul, speranţa. Raportată la individ, adolescenţa generează o întreagă literatură în care stau alături poezia, romanul şi scrierea confesivă. Ionel Teodoreanu surprinde în La Medeleni vârsta-metaforă, legată de spaţiile sufleteşti ale dezvoltării.Articulându-se pe imaginea individului în formare, romanul Fraţii Jderi urmăreşte eroul în proiecţii epopeice, condiţionându-l social şi mitic. Acelaşi specific îl identificăm în Amintiri din copilărie, cu deosebirea că dimensiunea eroică este substituită aici de modelul idilic al unei lumi în petrecere, în care satul real se transfigurează în spaţiu ideal. Simţită prin trăire directă, adolescenţa devine imagine de jurnal, confesiune autentică, precum în Jurnalul de copilărie şi adolescenţă a lui Geo Bogza, sau confesiune dedublată în intenţia unei măşti exemplare, ca în jurnalul lui Titu Maiorescu. Dincolo de individ, adolescenţa se raportează la planurile sociale care au modelat-o de-a lungul timpului. Mereu actuală, tema adolescenţei rămâne un punct de interes pentru scriitorii contemporani, care o relaţionează cu dramele existenţiale ale eroilor contemporani, aşa cum se întâmplă cu personajele lui Mircea Cărtărescu din Travesti.
Două opere literare în care este reflectată tema adolescenţei sunt Romanul adolescentului miop de Mircea Eliade şi Juventus – Despre mine aş fi vrut să scriu despre tine de Simona Popescu.
Mircea Eliade este fără îndoială una dintre cele mai fascinante personalităţi ale literaturii secolului XX, acesta definindu-se prin complexitatea unei opere care îl înscrie în seria marilor spirite enciclopedice ce fac mândria patrimoniului nostru naţional.
Simona Popescu se înscrie în generatia deceniului nouă, este o prezenţă activă în peisajul artistic actual, autoarea fiind identificată cu un reper incontestabil de valoare.
Proiectat în câteva versiuni, sub titlul iniţial Romanul unui om sucit, Romanul adolescentului miop începe să fie scris în 1921. Tema care va deveni esenţa romanelor atât de populare de mai târziu, Elevul Dima dintr-a şaptea, de M. Drumeş, şi Cişmigiu et comp., de Gr. Bejenaru, beneficiază în romanul lui Eliade, câteva decenii mai devreme, de o tratare superioară prin autenticitate, dar şi prin imaginea unei adolescenţe marcate de preocupări enciclopedice şi în egală măsură de atmosfera cotidiană a şcolii, de oscilaţiile sufleteşti ale vârstei şi de ineditul experienţelor erotice.
Despre mine aş fi vrut să scriu despre tine face parte din volumul Juvetus, acumulând în mesajul liric, deghizat într-o confesiune de esenţă narativă, ideea fundamentală în definirea adolescenţei: pluritatea eurilor care tulbură drumul către sine, formulată astfel de Ioana Pârvulescu: “Egotismul versurilor se estompează fiindcă eu nu se poate înţelege pe sine decât când e înconjurat de nenumăraţi tu pe care să-i poată respinge”. Titlul prefigurează, de atfel, tema şi maniera tratării ei. Două verbe tranzitive – aş fi vrut şi să scriu – se constitue în poli ai comunicării cu sinele, exprimând opţiunea şi posibiliatea acesteia. Eu şi tu sunt calificative ale fiinţei, aflate în raporturi contradictorii şi, în acelaşi timp, consecutive în plan temporal, căci eul devine esenţă a propriei fiinţe, proiectată într-un alt timp, într-o altă vârstă. Dacă pronumele “eu” închide universal său sem
PROIECT DE PARTENERIAT TRANSFRONTALIER „Educație online fără hotare”DusikaLevinta1
Colaborarea la nivel transfrontalier prin împărtășirea opiniilor, practicilor, metodelor și strategiilor de lucru cu cadrele didactice Republica Moldova și România pentru îmbunătățirea procesului educațional cu finalități comune.
OBIECTIVE Contribuirea la dezvoltarea unei educații de calitate;
Încurajarea formării continue a cadrelor didactice și manageriale;
Facilitarea accesului transfrontalier la resurse educative;
Promovarea dimensiunii interculturale a educației;
Încurajarea inovărilor în elaborarea materialelor didactice;
Utilizarea noilor tehnologii în educație.
Românismul de la Mihai Eminescu la Grigore Vieruinachirilov
Proiect “Educație online fără hotare” 2023 - 2024,
implementat de Direcția Generală Educație, Tineret și Sport a municipiului Chișinău în cadrul Proiectului “Educație online”
Poveștile pentru copii au un rol complex și benefic în dezvoltarea lor, le vor oferi nu doar divertisment, ci și oportunități de învățare și creștere personală.
Proiect transfrontalier„Povestea are fir bogat”..AngelaButnaru1
Copiii învață din povești cât de mult contează bunătatea, empatia și prietenia, dându-le ocazia să facă diferența între comportamentele pozitive și cele negative.
2. Soft educaţional realizat
de către eleva
Strugaru
Alexandra
Profesori
coordonatori:
Căruntu Maria
Brădăţan Claudiţa
Colegiul Naţional Mihai Eminescu
Suceava
3. Motto:
“Ca şi oamenii, cărţile au
enigmele şi vicleniile lor. Crezi că
le stăpâneşti,
citindu-le, şi ,în realitate, ele se
joacă cu tine, te ademenesc sau te
resping, ţi se dezvăluie sau ţi se
refuză , secrete, fermecătoare,
cochete. Uneori ai impresia că ele
te citesc pe tine mult mai bine
decât le poţi citi tu pe ele.”
(Nicolae Manolescu, Lectura pe
înţelesul tuturor)
Invitaţie la lectură
Trepte ale receptării
Structura cărţii
Problematica romanului
Personajele romanului
Dovedeşte că ai citit!
La bibliotecă, printre cărţi
Din carte adunate...
4. RUI ZINK , născut în
capitala Portugaliei , la 16 iunie 1961,
a devenit un cunoscut profesor de
literatură la Universitatea Nouă din
Lisabona şi un îndrăgit scriitor
contemporan.
”- Sigur,
învăţasem de la
Anibalector
dragostea de cărţi şi
de cuvânt.”
Invitaţie la lectură
5. Cititorul din peşteră
“Povestea asta s-a
petrecut acum mai bine de
treizeci de ani. Părinţii mei
tocmai terminaseră divorţul,
lucru de care nu-mi păsa prea
mult, în afară de faptul că, în
toiul micului lor război personal,
aveau încă mai puţin timp, să
mă piseze.
Eu umblam de colo-
colo cam pierdut şi, când m-am
regăsit, eram membrul unei
bande de mici găinari...”
Aşa începe
romanul. Îmi place că
perspectiva narativă
este subiectivă.
Îmi pare rău că
acest copil trece prin
aşa o traumă, ajunge
debusolat şi intră într-o
bandă de hoţi.
Crâmpeie dintr-un jurnal
cu dublă intrare
Rui Zink
6. “Unul din pereţii peşterii
are o enormă cocoaşă, o
stâncă neagră,
proeminentă. Deodată,
stânca se mişcă.
Aaah! Ţipătul îmi rămâne
sechestrat în gâtlej. În
schimb, inima ameninţă
să-mi sară din piept şi să
explodeze în toate
direcţiile.”
Am ales această
secvenţă din roman,
deoarece ea cuprinde
punctul culminant al
acestui capitol şi
descrie întâlnirea
personajului narator
cu Anibalector,
monstrul - cititor de
pe Insula din Marea
Uitării.
7. Problematica romanuluiTeme precum: lectura,
criza lecturii în societatea
contemporană, rolul cărţii
în modelarea fiinţei umane,
condiţia scriitorului sunt
dezvoltate în roman printr-o
ţesătură ingenioasă de
motive literare.
călătoria
iniţiatică
relaţia
libertate/
captivitate
prietenia
biblioteca
personajul
fabulos
peştera
trecerea
dificilă a
probelor
aventura
pe mare
conflictul
dintre
generaţii
8. Romanul a apărut în
2006, cu ocazia Zilei
Mondiale a Lecturii.
Cartea-microroman
structurat în trei părţi, cu titluri
având o valoare simbolică:
Călătoria
Insula
Întoarcerea
Naraţiunea este
subiectivă, cu focalizare
internă
Personajul-narator evocă
aventura vieţii lui, plasată
temporal la vârsta
adolescenţei: cititul cărţilor.
Structura cărţii
10. Pentru a scăpa de
razia gărzii regale,
personajul-narator
se ascunde pe un
vas din chei şi
adoarme. Se trezeşte
apoi în largul mării.
Echipajul vasului a
pornit într-o călătorie,
pentru a captura un
monstru legendar,
care iubea cărţile.
Acela era
ANIBALECTOR.
Partea I: CĂLĂTORIA
11. PARTEA a II-a: INSULA
Din cauza unei furtuni,
corabia pe care se afla
adolescentul naufragiază, iar
personajul, printr-o spirală a
timpului ajunge pe o insulă,
într-o peşteră imensă, plină
de oseminte şi cărţi.
Singurul locuitor al insulei
era Anibalector. Acesta a
învăţat mai întâi să citească,
apoi să vorbească. Cunoştea
mai multe limbi din cărţile
naufragiaţilor.
Anibalector l-a lăsat în
viaţă pe băiat cu o condiţie:
să citească ce-i recomandă el
şi să discute despre cărţile
lecturate.
12. PARTEA a III-a:
ÎNTOARCEREA
Echipajul vasului a
venit pe insulă,
pentru a-l salva pe
băiat, dar şi pentru
a-l captura pe
Anibalector.
Monstrul a fost
prins şi închis la
Grădina Zoologică.
13. • Prietenul său l-a ajutat
să evadeze, dar nu a
plecat împreună cu el,
deoarece a dorit să
rămână alături de fata
de care se
îndrăgostise.
• Adolescentul a fost
judecat pentru fapta sa
şi a primit ca pedeapsă
pe viaţă o muncă
pentru comunitate: a
devenit scriitor.
14. Personajele romanului
o personaj fantastic,
o ”o brută păroasă, care
citeşte”;
o ”o vietate de o forţă
neobişnuită”;
o personal ciudat, retras
pe Insula pierdută în
Marea Uitării;
o ”monstru de erudiţie”;
o mentorul adolescentului
naufragiat pe insulă;
Anibalector
15. o raportat la sensul
parabolic al cărţii,
Anibalector reprezintă:
• cititorul pasionat de
cărţi, instruit, lectorul
experimentat, omul
care preţuieşte
valorile spirituale;
• înţeleptul care se
retrage în ”peştera”
singurătăţii, ca să nu
deranjeze o lume
debusolată
16. personaj realist, ”rotund”
(surprins în evoluţie, de la
ipostaza puştiului
fluşturatic şi nesigur, fără
repere, la început, până
la condiţia tânărului
serios, capabil, educat)
protagonist al unei
călătorii cu valoare
iniţiatică
adolescentul scăpat de
sub autoritatea părinţilor,
afectat de estomparea
iubirii şi a armoniei
familiale;
Eroul - narator:
17. tânărul care preferă
televizorul, nu biblioteca,
dar la întâlnirea cu un
”profesor” bun,
descoperă dragostea de
cărţi şi de cuvânt;
în planul simbolic al
cărţii- fiinţa umană
( pelerin pe marea
vieţii), aflată la vârsta
atât de dificilă a
adolescenţei.
18. Trepte ale receptării
Lectura cărţii în cheie
parabolică
Supravieţuirea prin
lectură/cultură
Rolul formativ al lecturii în
grăbita şi tehnologizata
noastră epocă
Un cititor experimentat
poate deveni sfătuitor al
unuia începător.
Mentorul poate fi
prietenos sau sever, chiar
ameninţător.
19. Lectura nu e doar
divertisment facil, ci un
efort sistematic.
Unul dintre scopurile
lecturii este schimbul de
idei.
Pasiunea pentru cărţi se
deprinde prin exerciţiul
îndelung al lecturii şi prin
frecventarea
capodoperelor.
Şi cel mai neînsemnat
adolescent poate găsi
calea cărţilor, pe care,
odată pornit, n-o mai
abandonează.
20. Dovedeşte că ai citit!
Test de evaluare
1. Anibalector, personaj
principal al romanului
semnat de Rui Zink, este:
a. bibliotecar-şef la
Curtea regală
b. responabil al gărzilor
regale
c. consilier de lectură pentru
personajul - narator al
cărţii
Corect
Greşit
Greşit
a. marinarul Keequog
2. Personajul care are
corpul tatuat cu versuri
este:
c. căpitanul vasului pe
care ajunge adolescentul
b. monstrul Anibalector
Corect
Greşit
Greşit
21. 3. Expediţia maritimă
iniţiată în scopul capturării
mostrului transporta cărţi.
a. adevărat b. fals
Corect Greşit
Greşit
c. Simte nevoia să discute
cu cineva, să schimbe idei.
a. Mai întâi, a învăţat să
vorbească, apoi să
citească
b. Are o familie destul de
numeroasă.
Corect
Greşit
Greşit
5. Ajuns pe insula din Marea
Uitării, personajul-narator află
despre Anibalector multe
informaţii surprinzătoare:
4. Despre şeful echipajului
plecat în căutarea lui
Anibalector se spune că şi-a
pierdut un picior, în timp ce
urmărea o balenă albă, ca şi
căpitanul Ahab, eroul
romanului Moby Dick, de
Herman Melville.
b. adevărata. fals
CorectGreşit
d. Când are timp liber,
confecţionează jucării.
22. 6. Adolescentul începe să
lectureze cărţile
recomandate de către
Anibalector. Dintre volumele
care îl impresionează în mod
deosebit, unul l-a făcut să
plângă (o carte despre nişte
bărbaţi care n-au fost
niciodată copii).
c. Anibalector a refuzat să
vorbească în public,
devenind tot mai apatic şi
dezinteresat de cărţi.
a. Personajul - narator
ajunge amiral-şef al
corăbiilor regatului.
b. Anibalector începe să-şi
scrie memoriile.
Corect
Greşit
Greşit
7. După ce monstrul este
capturat şi închis la
Grădina Zoologică din
oraşul natal al
adolescentului, au loc
câteva evenimente ciudate.
b. adevărat
CorectGreşit
a. fals
23. 8. După ce a fost ajutat de
către adolescent să scape,
Anibalector recunoaşte că ar
fi reuşit şi singur să iasă din
captivitate, dacă ar fi vrut.
c. o descriere amănunţită a
insulei unde trăia
Anibalector
a. o fabulă
b. o scrisoare a
personajului-narator către
Anibalector
Corect
Greşit
Greşit
9. Ultima pagină a
romanului conţine:
a. adevărat
Corect Greşit
b. fals
Greşit
d. o legendă despre un
călugăr flămând şi supa
nemaipomenită, pe care
acesta a făcut-o pornind de
la o piatră
24. Copiii mai puţin atraşi
de lectură, citind acest
roman, şi-ar putea schimba
opţiunile ?
Subiecte de reflecţie
De ce ”învăţăcelul” aflat
într-o situaţie-limită, între
viaţă şi moarte, nu are de ales
în relaţia cu monstrul ?
Consideraţi deznodământul
cărţii pesimist, având în vedere
imaginea scriitorului „ocnaş” ?
26. ”-Într-o zi, tinere şi
descreierat mic, vei învăţa
că lucrurile cel mai
importante în viaţă sunt
cele care nu servesc la
nimic.”
”Pentru Anibalector, o
carte era o întâlnire între
două voci: a noastră şi a
cărţii.”
”Cartea ne obligă să
călătorim, televiziunea,
să rămânem gură-
cască.”
Editor's Notes
Animated open book effect(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce thefirst shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row, fourth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 0°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 25%(fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-DFormat pane, do the following:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Circle (first row, first option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 4 pt, and in the Height box, enter 4 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Standard click WarmMatte (second option from the left).Also under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral, click ThreePoint (first row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the rounded rectangle until the left edge is against thevertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce thesecond shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate rectangle untilthe left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide. Click Align Middle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 50%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane. In the 3-D Format pane, under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under NoBevel, click None.To reproduce thethird shape (first small rectangle on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the first, larger rectangle on the slide. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third, duplicate rectangle.Under Drawing tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.08”. In the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Diagonal (first row, third option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 135°.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-D Format pane, do the following:Under Bevel, next to Top, in the Width box, enter 3 pt, and in the Height box, enter 3 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral click Soft (first row, third option from the left).To reproduce therest of the shapes (other small rectangles on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the third, smaller rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of four thin, rounded rectangles. To position the four thin, rounded rectangles on the book spine, do the following:Drag the first rectangle 1.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the second rectangle 0.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the third rectangle 0.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the fourth rectangle 1.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Book cover. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left pagesgroup on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select No line.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical guideline.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left pages group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColor,s click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge touches the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.Press and hold CTRL, and then in the Selection and Visibility task pane, select the rectangle and the rounded rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left pages.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:In the SelectionandVisibility task pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. To reproduce the text effects in the Inside-rightpages with text group, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. (Note: To reproduce the example above, enter Introduction.) On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 1” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility task pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select all six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then clickAlign Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then clickDistribute Horizontally. Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group.On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility taskpane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right pages group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages with text.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Bring to Front.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, point to Exit, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 second.Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, lick AddAnimation, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the AddEntranceEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, select 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color list, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, second option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
Animated pages turn in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Format Shapedialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 1.4” and the widthis set to 2.1”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (“Introduction” in the example above), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, task pane, click Add Effect, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click FromRight.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More ExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
